1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
989 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
990 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
991 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
992 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
993 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
994 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
995 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
999 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1001 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1002 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1003 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1006 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1007 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1008 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1009 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1011 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1013 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1014 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1016 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1017 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1018 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1019 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1020 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1021 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1022 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1024 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1025 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1026 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1027 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1028 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1029 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1030 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1031 memory content has not changed.
1033 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1036 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1037 several times when GDB stops.
1040 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1041 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1042 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1043 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1044 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1045 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1046 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1047 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1048 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1049 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1051 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1052 removal from inferior. */
1055 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1057 int within_current_scope
;
1058 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1059 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1062 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1064 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1065 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1066 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1067 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1070 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1071 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1072 breakpoints if needed. */
1075 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1080 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1081 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1082 within_current_scope
= 1;
1085 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1087 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1088 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1089 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1090 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1093 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1095 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1096 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1097 if (within_current_scope
)
1101 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1103 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1112 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1113 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1114 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1115 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1116 be completely different objects. */
1117 value_free (b
->val
);
1122 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1123 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1124 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1125 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1126 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1127 if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1129 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1131 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1133 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1134 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1135 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1136 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1143 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1144 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1145 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1146 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1149 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1151 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1153 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1156 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1159 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1160 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1161 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1162 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1164 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1168 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1169 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1171 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1172 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1173 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1174 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1175 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1176 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1177 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1179 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1181 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1182 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1183 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1185 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1186 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1190 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1192 addr
= value_address (v
);
1193 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1195 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1197 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1200 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1201 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1204 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1206 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1207 loc
->address
= addr
;
1209 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1213 next
= value_next (v
);
1218 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1219 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1220 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1221 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1222 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1224 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1225 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1228 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1230 printf_filtered (_("\
1231 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1232 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1234 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1235 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1236 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1239 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1241 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1245 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1246 inserted in the inferior. */
1248 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1250 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1253 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1256 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1259 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1260 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1261 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1262 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1263 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1264 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1265 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1266 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1267 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1270 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1272 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1278 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1279 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1280 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1282 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1283 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1285 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1286 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1287 int *disabled_breaks
,
1288 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1292 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1295 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1296 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1297 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1298 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1300 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1301 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1303 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1305 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1306 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1307 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1308 Two important cases are:
1309 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1310 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1311 hardware breakpoint.
1312 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1313 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1314 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1316 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1317 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1318 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1319 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1320 struct mem_region
*mr
1321 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1325 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1328 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1330 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1331 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1333 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1335 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1337 static int said
= 0;
1338 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1341 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1342 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1347 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1348 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1349 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1350 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1354 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1355 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1356 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1357 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1359 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1361 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1362 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1365 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1370 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1371 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1372 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1374 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1375 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1376 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1377 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1378 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1379 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1382 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1384 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1385 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1386 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1387 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1388 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1390 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1391 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1392 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1395 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1396 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1398 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1399 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1400 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1403 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1408 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1409 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1416 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1417 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1419 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1421 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1422 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1424 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1425 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1426 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1427 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1428 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1430 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1431 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1432 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1436 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1438 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1439 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1440 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1441 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1445 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1446 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1447 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1448 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1449 "Error accessing memory address ");
1450 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1452 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1453 safe_strerror (val
));
1464 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1465 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1466 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1467 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1469 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1471 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1472 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1475 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1477 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1478 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1479 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1480 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1482 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1486 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1487 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1488 so just return success. */
1495 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1496 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1500 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1502 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1503 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1505 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1506 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1508 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1509 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1512 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1513 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1514 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1516 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1518 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1520 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1521 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1523 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1524 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1526 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1532 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1533 removed locations above. */
1534 update_global_location_list (0);
1537 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1538 Throws exception on any error.
1539 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1540 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1542 insert_breakpoints (void)
1544 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1547 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1548 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1550 update_global_location_list (1);
1552 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1553 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1555 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1556 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1559 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1560 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1561 Both return zero if successful,
1562 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1565 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1567 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1568 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1571 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1572 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1574 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1575 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1577 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1578 there was an error. */
1579 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1581 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1583 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1585 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1586 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1588 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1591 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1592 thread no longer exists. */
1593 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1594 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1597 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1599 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1600 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1601 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1602 insert breakpoints. */
1603 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1604 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1607 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1609 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1614 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1615 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1618 int some_failed
= 0;
1619 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1621 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1624 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1627 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1630 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1631 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1638 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1640 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1642 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1643 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1644 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1652 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1653 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1654 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1657 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1658 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1660 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1661 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1664 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1668 remove_breakpoints (void)
1670 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1673 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1676 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1681 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1684 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1686 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1688 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1692 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1697 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1706 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1708 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1713 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1714 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1720 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1722 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1723 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1725 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1726 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1727 struct inferior
*inf
;
1728 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1730 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1734 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1735 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1737 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1739 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1743 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1749 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1753 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1758 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1762 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1764 static struct breakpoint
*
1765 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1766 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1768 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1769 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1771 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1774 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1775 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1777 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1778 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1779 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1785 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1787 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1789 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1791 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1792 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1794 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1798 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1799 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1801 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1803 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1805 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1806 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1810 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1811 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1814 update_global_location_list (1);
1818 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1820 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1821 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1822 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1824 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1826 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1827 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1830 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1832 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1835 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1837 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1841 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1842 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1844 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1845 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1847 update_global_location_list (1);
1849 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1853 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1855 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1856 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1857 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1859 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1860 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1861 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1862 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1863 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1864 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1865 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1866 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1867 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1868 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1869 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1873 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1876 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1877 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1879 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1883 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1884 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1886 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1890 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1891 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1892 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1893 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1895 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1899 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1900 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1902 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1906 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1908 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1910 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1914 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1916 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1917 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1918 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1919 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1923 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1924 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1925 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1926 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1927 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1928 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1930 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1931 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1932 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1933 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1934 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1935 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1936 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1938 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1939 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1940 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1941 let finish_command delete it.
1943 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1944 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1945 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1946 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1947 solib breakpoints.) */
1949 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1954 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1955 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1957 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1959 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1963 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1964 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1965 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1966 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1967 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1968 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1972 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1974 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1976 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1977 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1979 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1980 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1982 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1983 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1986 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1990 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1992 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1996 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
1997 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
1998 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
1999 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2000 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2003 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2006 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2008 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2009 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2012 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2013 This should not ever happen. */
2014 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2016 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2017 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2019 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2020 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2021 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2023 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2024 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2025 || b
->section
== NULL
2026 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2028 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2030 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2031 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2033 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2037 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2038 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2039 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2041 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2042 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2044 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2045 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2046 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2047 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2048 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2050 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2051 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2053 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2054 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2057 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2058 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2059 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2060 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2061 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2062 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2065 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2066 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2067 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2068 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2069 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2076 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2081 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2082 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2083 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2084 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2089 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2091 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2096 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2097 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2098 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2100 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2101 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2102 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2105 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2106 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2109 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2111 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2114 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2121 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2124 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2126 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2127 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2130 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2131 This should not ever happen. */
2132 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2134 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2136 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2138 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2140 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2144 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2147 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2149 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2151 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2152 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2156 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2157 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2159 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2162 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2163 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2164 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2169 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2171 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2172 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2174 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2176 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2178 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2181 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2183 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2184 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2190 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2196 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2198 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2199 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2202 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2203 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2207 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2208 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2209 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2211 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2212 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2213 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2214 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2216 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2217 in insert_breakpoints. */
2219 value_free (b
->val
);
2229 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2230 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2231 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2232 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2235 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2236 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2237 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2238 match, not program space. */
2240 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2241 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2242 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2243 permanent breakpoint.
2244 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2245 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2246 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2247 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2248 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2250 enum breakpoint_here
2251 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2253 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2254 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2258 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2259 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2262 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2263 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2264 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2267 if (overlay_debugging
2268 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2269 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2270 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2271 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2272 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2274 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2278 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2281 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2284 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2289 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2290 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2297 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2298 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2299 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2300 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2303 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2305 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2307 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2309 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2310 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2314 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2317 if (overlay_debugging
2318 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2319 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2320 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2328 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2329 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2332 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2334 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2337 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2343 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2347 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2349 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2350 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2354 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2358 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2361 if (overlay_debugging
2362 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2363 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2364 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2370 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2371 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2377 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2378 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2381 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2384 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2385 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2389 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2391 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2392 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2395 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2396 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2399 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2403 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2405 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2406 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2407 it is now time to do so. */
2409 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2410 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2414 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2416 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2417 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2418 it is now time to do so. */
2420 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2421 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2425 if (overlay_debugging
2426 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2427 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2428 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2437 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2441 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2443 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2447 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2449 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2450 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2451 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2455 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2456 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2459 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2476 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2477 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2480 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2484 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2489 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2491 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2492 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2493 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2494 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2495 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2497 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2498 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2502 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2512 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2515 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2520 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2522 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2528 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2529 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2530 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2532 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2533 step_resume breakpoint.
2535 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2537 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2541 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2543 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2545 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2547 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2548 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2549 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2550 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2551 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2554 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2558 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2559 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2560 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2561 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2562 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2563 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2565 Return 1 otherwise. */
2568 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2570 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2573 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2575 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2576 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2577 this function might return the same number more
2578 than once and this will look ugly. */
2579 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2580 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2582 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2584 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2588 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2591 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2593 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2595 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2596 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2598 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2604 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2607 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2609 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2611 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2613 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2614 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2615 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2616 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2621 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2624 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2626 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2628 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2631 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2632 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2633 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2634 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2636 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2637 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2638 bpstat of the current thread. */
2641 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2644 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2647 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2649 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2652 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2653 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2655 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2658 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2659 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2661 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2662 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2664 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2666 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2667 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2668 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2669 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2670 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2671 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2672 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2673 the tree when we're done. */
2676 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2680 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2682 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2688 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2689 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2691 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2693 if (target_can_async_p ())
2694 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2695 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2696 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2699 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2700 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2701 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2702 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2703 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2704 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2705 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2706 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2707 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2708 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2709 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2710 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2711 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2716 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2721 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2723 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2724 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2725 && target_has_execution
2726 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2727 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2728 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2729 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2730 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2731 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2732 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2736 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2739 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2742 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2745 struct value_print_options opts
;
2746 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2747 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2751 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2752 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2753 by having it set different print_it values.
2755 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2756 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2757 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2758 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2759 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2761 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2762 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2763 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2764 don't print anything else.
2765 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2766 that something to be followed by a location.
2767 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2768 that something to be followed by a location.
2769 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2772 static enum print_stop_action
2773 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2775 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2776 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2777 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2778 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2780 enum print_stop_action result
;
2782 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2783 which has since been deleted. */
2784 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2785 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2786 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2789 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2790 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2795 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2796 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2797 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2798 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2801 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2803 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2805 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2806 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2808 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2809 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2810 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2812 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2813 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2814 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2817 case bp_shlib_event
:
2818 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2819 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2820 to shlib event" message.) */
2821 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2822 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2825 case bp_thread_event
:
2826 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2827 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2828 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2829 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2832 case bp_overlay_event
:
2833 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2834 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2835 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2838 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2839 /* These should never be enabled. */
2840 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2841 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2845 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2846 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2847 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2850 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2852 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2853 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2854 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2855 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2857 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2858 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2859 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2860 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2861 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2864 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2868 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2870 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2871 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2872 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2873 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2874 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2875 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2878 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2879 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2881 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2882 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2885 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2887 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2888 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2889 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2890 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2896 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2899 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2900 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2901 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2903 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2904 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2905 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2906 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2909 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2913 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2916 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2917 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2921 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2924 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2925 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2930 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2931 case bp_step_resume
:
2932 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2937 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2941 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2945 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2946 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2947 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2948 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2951 static enum print_stop_action
2952 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2954 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2957 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2958 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2962 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2963 relevant messages. */
2964 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2967 case print_it_normal
:
2969 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2970 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
2972 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2973 print_it_typical. */
2974 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2975 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
2976 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
2978 return print_it_typical (bs
);
2983 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
2984 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2989 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2990 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2991 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2992 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2993 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2994 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2997 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2998 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2999 code to print the location. An example is
3000 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3002 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3003 to also print the location part of the message.
3004 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3005 don't require a location appended to the end.
3006 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3007 further info to be printed.*/
3009 enum print_stop_action
3010 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3014 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3015 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3016 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3017 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3018 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3020 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3021 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3022 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3023 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3027 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3028 with and nothing was printed. */
3029 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3032 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3033 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3034 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3035 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3038 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3040 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3041 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3042 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3046 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3049 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3053 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3055 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3056 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3057 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3059 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3063 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3064 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3067 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3069 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3071 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3073 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3075 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3076 as not triggered. */
3078 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3079 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3080 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3081 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3086 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3088 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3089 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3091 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3092 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3093 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3094 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3096 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3099 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3100 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3104 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3105 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3106 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3108 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3111 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3112 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3113 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3115 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3119 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3127 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3128 because of check_errors). */
3129 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3130 #define WP_DELETED 1
3131 /* The value has changed. */
3132 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3133 /* The value has not changed. */
3134 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3136 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3137 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3139 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3142 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3144 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3145 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3146 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3147 int within_current_scope
;
3149 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3151 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3152 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3153 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3154 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3155 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3157 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3158 within_current_scope
= 1;
3161 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3162 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3163 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3165 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3166 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3168 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3169 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3170 if (within_current_scope
)
3172 struct symbol
*function
;
3174 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3175 if (function
== NULL
3176 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3177 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3178 within_current_scope
= 0;
3181 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3182 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3183 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3184 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3185 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3186 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3187 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3188 is likely to be wrong. */
3189 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3190 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3192 if (within_current_scope
)
3193 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3194 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3199 if (within_current_scope
)
3201 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3202 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3203 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3204 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3206 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3207 struct value
*new_val
;
3209 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3210 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3211 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3213 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3215 release_value (new_val
);
3216 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3218 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3221 /* We will stop here */
3222 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3226 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3227 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3228 /* We won't stop here */
3229 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3234 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3235 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3236 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3237 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3238 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3239 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3240 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3241 the first value assigned). */
3242 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3243 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3244 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3245 information here. */
3246 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3248 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3250 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3251 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3252 which its expression is valid.\n");
3254 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3255 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3256 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3262 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3263 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3264 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3266 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3267 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3269 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3271 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3272 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3273 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3274 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3275 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3276 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3278 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3281 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3282 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3283 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3287 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3288 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3289 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3290 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3291 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3292 (did not match the data address). */
3294 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3295 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3296 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3297 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3300 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3302 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3304 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3305 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3306 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3310 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3312 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3313 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3320 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3321 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3324 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3326 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3327 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3329 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3330 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3331 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3332 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3336 int must_check_value
= 0;
3338 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3339 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3341 must_check_value
= 1;
3342 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3343 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3344 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3346 must_check_value
= 1;
3347 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3348 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3349 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3350 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3351 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3352 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3353 must_check_value
= 1;
3355 if (must_check_value
)
3357 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3359 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3360 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3362 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3366 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3367 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3370 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3371 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3373 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3374 the value has changed. This is for targets
3375 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3376 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3380 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3381 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3382 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3384 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3385 the value hasn't changed. */
3386 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3394 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3395 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3396 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3397 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3398 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3399 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3400 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3404 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3406 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3407 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3408 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3409 anything for this watchpoint. */
3410 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3417 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3418 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3419 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3421 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3423 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3424 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3425 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3427 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3428 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3432 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3434 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3435 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3436 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3438 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3439 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3441 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3443 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3444 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3445 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3446 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3448 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3450 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3451 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3452 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3453 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3454 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3456 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3458 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3459 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3461 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3462 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3464 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3468 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3472 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3475 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3477 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3485 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3486 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3488 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3489 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3491 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3493 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3495 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3496 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3497 several reasons concurrently.)
3499 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3500 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3503 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3504 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3506 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3507 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3508 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3509 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3510 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3511 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3512 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3514 int need_remove_insert
, update_locations
= 0;
3516 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3520 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3523 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3524 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3525 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3526 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3528 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3531 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3534 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3536 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3538 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3539 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3544 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3548 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3549 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3550 /* We do not stop for these. */
3553 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3557 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
)
3560 /* We will stop here */
3561 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3563 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3564 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3565 update_locations
= 1;
3569 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3571 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3572 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3574 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3577 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3580 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3581 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3582 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3585 /* Delay this call which would break the ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration above. */
3586 if (update_locations
)
3587 update_global_location_list (0);
3589 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3591 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3594 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3595 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3598 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3602 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3603 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3605 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3606 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3607 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3609 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3613 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3615 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3617 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3618 && (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3619 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3620 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
3622 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3623 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3624 further code from trying to use it. */
3625 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3626 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3629 if (need_remove_insert
)
3631 remove_breakpoints ();
3632 insert_breakpoints ();
3635 return root_bs
->next
;
3638 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3640 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3642 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3645 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3648 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3651 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3654 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3657 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3660 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3663 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3666 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3669 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3672 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3675 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3678 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3682 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3683 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3684 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3685 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3686 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3687 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3688 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3689 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3690 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3691 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3692 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3693 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3695 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3696 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3697 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3698 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3700 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3701 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3702 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3703 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3704 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3705 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3706 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3708 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3709 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3710 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3711 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3714 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3715 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3716 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3717 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3724 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3725 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3726 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3727 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3728 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3730 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3731 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3732 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3734 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3735 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3738 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3739 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3740 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3741 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3742 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3743 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3744 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3745 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3746 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3747 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3748 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3749 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3763 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3764 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3766 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3767 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3769 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3770 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3771 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3772 which has since been deleted. */
3774 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3775 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3777 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3783 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3789 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3791 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3794 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3797 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3798 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3799 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3803 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3805 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3808 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3809 This requires no further action. */
3810 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3813 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3815 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3816 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3818 case bp_step_resume
:
3821 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3824 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3825 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3827 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3828 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3830 case bp_shlib_event
:
3831 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3834 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3836 case bp_thread_event
:
3837 case bp_overlay_event
:
3838 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3839 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3845 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3847 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3850 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3851 This requires no further action. */
3852 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3855 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3856 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3857 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3858 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3861 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3862 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3864 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3865 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3868 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3870 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3874 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3875 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3876 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3879 bpstat_should_step (void)
3881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3883 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3889 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3891 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3900 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3901 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3903 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3905 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3908 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3913 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3916 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3917 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3918 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3919 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3920 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3922 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3923 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3925 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3927 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3928 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3931 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3934 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3938 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3942 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3943 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3946 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3949 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3951 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3952 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3954 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
3955 int print_address_bits
,
3958 struct command_line
*l
;
3960 struct ep_type_description
3965 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
3967 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
3968 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
3969 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
3970 {bp_until
, "until"},
3971 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
3972 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
3973 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
3974 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
3975 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
3976 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
3977 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
3978 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
3979 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
3980 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
3981 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
3982 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
3983 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
3984 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
3985 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
3986 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
3987 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
3990 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
3991 char wrap_indent
[80];
3992 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3993 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3994 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
3996 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
3997 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
3998 struct value_print_options opts
;
4000 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4002 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4003 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4004 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4008 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4009 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4014 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4018 if (part_of_multiple
)
4021 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4022 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4027 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4032 if (part_of_multiple
)
4033 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4036 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4037 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4038 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4039 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4041 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4046 if (part_of_multiple
)
4047 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4049 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4054 if (part_of_multiple
)
4055 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4057 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4058 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4059 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4063 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4064 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4066 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4067 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4069 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4072 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4074 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4075 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4076 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4077 just one location. */
4078 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4079 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4085 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4086 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4090 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4091 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4092 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4093 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4094 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4095 is relatively readable). */
4096 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4097 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4099 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4103 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4107 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4108 case bp_step_resume
:
4109 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4111 case bp_shlib_event
:
4112 case bp_thread_event
:
4113 case bp_overlay_event
:
4114 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4117 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4120 if (header_of_multiple
)
4121 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4122 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4123 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4125 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4126 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4129 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4130 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4137 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4140 && !header_of_multiple
4142 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4143 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4144 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4145 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4147 struct inferior
*inf
;
4150 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4152 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4157 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4160 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4161 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4166 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4168 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4170 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4171 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4172 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4173 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4175 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4177 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4178 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4184 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4188 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4190 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4191 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4192 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4195 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4197 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4198 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4199 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4201 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4202 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4204 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4205 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4206 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4209 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4211 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4212 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4213 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4214 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4217 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4219 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4220 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4221 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4223 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4224 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4225 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4226 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4227 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4229 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4232 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4233 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4234 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4235 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4236 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4238 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4241 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4242 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4243 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4247 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4249 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4252 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4253 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4254 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4257 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4259 annotate_field (10);
4260 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4261 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4262 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4265 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4267 annotate_field (11);
4268 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4269 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4270 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4273 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4275 struct action_line
*action
;
4276 annotate_field (12);
4277 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4279 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4280 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4281 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4288 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4289 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4290 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4293 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4294 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4298 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4299 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4302 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4303 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4305 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4306 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4307 locations, if any. */
4308 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4310 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4311 disabled, we print it as if it had
4312 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4313 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4315 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4316 several locations internally, that's no a property
4319 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4320 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4321 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4323 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4325 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4326 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4327 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4333 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4335 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4336 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4338 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4340 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4341 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4342 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4345 return print_address_bits
;
4348 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4354 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4356 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4357 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4358 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4361 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4363 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4364 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4372 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4374 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4376 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4378 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4379 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4385 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4386 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4389 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4391 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4392 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4393 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4394 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4395 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4396 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4397 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4398 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4401 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4402 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4403 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4406 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4409 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4410 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4411 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4412 struct value_print_options opts
;
4413 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4415 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4417 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4418 size required for address fields. */
4419 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4422 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4424 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4426 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4427 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4428 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4430 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4434 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4436 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4440 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4443 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4444 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4445 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4447 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4448 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4450 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4451 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4453 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4454 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4456 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4457 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4459 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4461 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4462 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4464 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4466 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4468 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4469 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4470 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4471 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4475 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4477 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4479 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4480 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4483 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4485 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4488 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4490 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4495 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4496 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4499 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4500 there have been breakpoints? */
4501 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4505 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4510 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4512 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4516 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4521 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4523 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4527 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4528 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4529 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4531 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4532 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4534 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4535 && bl
->address
== pc
4536 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4542 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4543 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4547 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4548 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4549 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4552 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4555 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4559 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4560 else /* if (others == ???) */
4561 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4563 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4566 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4567 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4568 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4569 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4570 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4571 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4572 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4573 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4574 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4576 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4580 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4582 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4583 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4584 printf_filtered (".\n");
4588 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4589 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4592 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4593 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4596 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4597 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4598 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4599 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4600 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4603 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4604 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4605 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4606 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4608 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4609 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4610 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4613 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4615 bp_access_watchpoint
4619 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4621 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4623 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
4624 && type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4625 && type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
4626 && type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
4627 && type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4630 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4631 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4632 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4633 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4636 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4637 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4639 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4640 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4645 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4646 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4651 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4652 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4654 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4655 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4657 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4660 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4661 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4662 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4663 this function is simply the identity function. */
4666 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4667 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4669 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4671 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4674 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4675 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4676 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4677 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4678 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4680 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4681 have their addresses modified. */
4686 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4688 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4689 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4690 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4692 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4693 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4695 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4696 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4698 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4702 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4704 static struct bp_location
*
4705 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4707 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4709 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4710 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4714 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4724 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4725 case bp_step_resume
:
4726 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4728 case bp_shlib_event
:
4729 case bp_thread_event
:
4730 case bp_overlay_event
:
4732 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4733 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4735 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4736 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4738 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4739 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4740 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4741 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4745 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4748 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4754 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4759 if (loc
->function_name
)
4760 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4765 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4766 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4767 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4769 static struct breakpoint
*
4770 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4773 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4775 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4776 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4779 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4780 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4781 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4783 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4786 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4788 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4789 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4790 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4791 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4793 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4795 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4796 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4797 of increasing numbers. */
4799 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4801 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4811 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4813 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4815 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4816 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4817 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4819 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4821 if (loc
->function_name
)
4822 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4826 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4827 static struct gdbarch
*
4828 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4831 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4833 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4838 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4839 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4840 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4841 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4842 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4843 is also returned as the value of this function.
4845 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4846 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4847 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4848 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4849 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4850 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4851 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4854 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4855 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4857 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4858 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4859 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4861 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4863 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4865 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4866 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4868 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4869 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4870 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4871 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4872 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4873 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4874 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4876 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4877 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4878 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4879 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4880 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4882 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4883 breakpoint resetting. */
4884 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4886 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4887 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4889 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4890 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4891 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4893 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4895 breakpoints_changed ();
4901 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4902 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4904 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4906 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4907 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4909 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4910 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4911 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4912 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4913 but it's easy to implmement. */
4914 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4918 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4919 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4920 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4923 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4925 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4927 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4928 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
4929 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
4930 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
4931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4932 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
4933 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
4935 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
4936 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
4937 clone
->thread
= thread
;
4941 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4943 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4945 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4948 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
4950 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
4951 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4956 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4958 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4961 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4963 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4964 update_global_location_list (1);
4965 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
4970 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4972 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4975 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4977 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4978 update_global_location_list (0);
4979 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
4984 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4986 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4988 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
4990 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4991 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4993 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
4995 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5001 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5003 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5006 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5007 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5008 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5011 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5014 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5015 char ***addr_string_p
;
5019 struct lang_and_radix
5025 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5028 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5030 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5032 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5033 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5038 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5040 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5043 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5044 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5045 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5049 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5051 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5053 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5054 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5058 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5059 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5062 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5064 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5068 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5069 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5070 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5071 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5072 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5073 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5074 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5075 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5076 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5077 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5078 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5080 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5082 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5086 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5091 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5092 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5095 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5097 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5098 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5100 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5101 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5102 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5103 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5104 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5105 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5110 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5111 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5112 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5113 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5114 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5115 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5116 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5118 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5119 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5120 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5121 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5123 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5125 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5126 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5129 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5134 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5136 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5139 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5141 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5144 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5147 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5149 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5152 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5156 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5158 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5161 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5163 static enum print_stop_action
5164 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5166 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5167 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5168 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5169 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5172 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5175 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5177 struct value_print_options opts
;
5179 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5181 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5182 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5183 is relatively readable). */
5184 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5185 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5188 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5190 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5191 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5192 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5193 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5197 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5201 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5203 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5206 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5208 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5212 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5213 print_it_catch_fork
,
5214 print_one_catch_fork
,
5215 print_mention_catch_fork
5218 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5221 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5223 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5226 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5229 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5231 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5234 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5238 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5240 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5243 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5245 static enum print_stop_action
5246 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5248 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5249 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5250 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5254 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5257 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5259 struct value_print_options opts
;
5261 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5262 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5263 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5264 is relatively readable). */
5265 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5266 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5268 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5269 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5271 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5272 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5273 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5274 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5278 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5282 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5284 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5287 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5289 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5293 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5294 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5295 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5296 print_mention_catch_vfork
5299 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5303 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5305 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5307 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5308 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5309 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5314 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5318 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5320 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5321 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5323 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5324 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5326 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5327 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5329 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5330 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5334 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5335 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5336 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5337 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5338 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5341 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5345 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5347 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5349 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5350 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5351 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5356 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5360 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5361 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5363 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5364 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5368 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5369 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5370 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5371 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5372 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5375 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5379 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5381 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5382 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5383 syscall we are catching. */
5384 int syscall_number
= 0;
5386 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5389 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5390 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5394 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5396 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5406 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5409 static enum print_stop_action
5410 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5412 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5413 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5414 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5415 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5417 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5419 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5422 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5424 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5426 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5429 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5431 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5433 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5435 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5436 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5437 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5438 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5439 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5440 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5442 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5444 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5447 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5451 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5452 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5454 struct value_print_options opts
;
5456 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5457 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5458 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5459 is relatively readable). */
5460 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5461 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5464 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5465 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5470 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5473 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5475 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5480 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5483 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5485 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5487 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5488 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5492 /* Remove the last comma. */
5493 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5494 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5497 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5501 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5505 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5507 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5511 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5512 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5514 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5517 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5521 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5524 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5526 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5528 printf_filtered (")");
5531 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5535 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5537 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5539 insert_catch_syscall
,
5540 remove_catch_syscall
,
5541 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5542 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5543 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5544 print_mention_catch_syscall
5547 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5550 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5552 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5555 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5556 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5557 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5558 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5560 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5561 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5562 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5563 to the catchpoint. */
5565 static struct breakpoint
*
5566 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5568 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5570 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5574 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5576 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5577 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5578 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5580 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5582 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5583 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5584 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5590 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5592 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5593 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5594 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5595 to the catchpoint. */
5597 static struct breakpoint
*
5598 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5599 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5601 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5602 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5605 update_global_location_list (1);
5611 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5612 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5613 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5615 struct breakpoint
*b
5616 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5618 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5620 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5623 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5626 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5628 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5632 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5634 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5638 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5640 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5643 static enum print_stop_action
5644 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5646 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5647 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5649 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5653 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5655 struct value_print_options opts
;
5657 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5659 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5660 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5661 is relatively readable). */
5662 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5663 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5665 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5666 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5668 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5669 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5670 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5675 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5677 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5680 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5684 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5685 print_it_catch_exec
,
5686 print_one_catch_exec
,
5687 print_mention_catch_exec
5691 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5692 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5694 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5695 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5696 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5698 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5700 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5703 update_global_location_list (1);
5707 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5709 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5714 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5722 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5724 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5727 *other_type_used
= 0;
5730 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5732 if (b
->type
== type
)
5734 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5735 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5736 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5737 *other_type_used
= 1;
5744 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5746 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5750 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5751 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5752 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5753 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5754 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5756 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5757 update_global_location_list (0);
5763 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5765 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5769 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5770 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5771 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5772 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5773 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5775 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5776 update_global_location_list (1);
5782 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5784 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5789 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5792 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5793 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5794 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5796 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5802 update_global_location_list (0);
5804 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5808 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5813 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5817 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5820 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5821 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5822 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5824 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5830 breakpoint_re_set ();
5834 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5835 at address specified by SAL.
5836 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5839 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5840 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5842 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5844 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5846 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5848 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5849 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5850 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5851 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5853 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5854 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5855 single thread of control. */
5856 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5857 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5859 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5864 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5868 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5870 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5872 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5876 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5877 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5878 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5880 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5881 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5882 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5883 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5884 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5886 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5887 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5889 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5891 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5892 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5893 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5894 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5896 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5897 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5898 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5900 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5905 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5908 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5910 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5912 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5913 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5915 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5919 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5922 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5925 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5926 struct value_print_options opts
;
5928 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5930 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5931 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5932 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5933 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5934 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
5936 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
5937 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
5942 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
5945 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
5946 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5947 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5948 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5949 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5950 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5952 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5953 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5954 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5955 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5956 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5957 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5958 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5960 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5962 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
5963 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5964 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5965 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5966 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5968 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5969 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5970 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
5971 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5972 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5973 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5974 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5977 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5982 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
5983 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5985 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5986 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
5989 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5990 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5995 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
5999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6004 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6005 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6012 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6013 case bp_step_resume
:
6015 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6016 case bp_shlib_event
:
6017 case bp_thread_event
:
6018 case bp_overlay_event
:
6020 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6026 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6030 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6034 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6036 printf_filtered (" at ");
6037 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6041 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6042 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6046 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6048 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6050 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6057 printf_filtered ("\n");
6061 static struct bp_location
*
6062 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6063 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6065 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6067 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6068 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6071 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6073 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6074 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6075 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6076 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6077 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6078 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6079 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6081 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6086 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6087 return 0 otherwise. */
6090 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6094 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6095 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6096 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6099 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6101 addr
= loc
->address
;
6102 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6104 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6108 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6110 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6111 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6112 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6113 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6115 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6116 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6118 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6119 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6122 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6129 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6130 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6131 as condition expression. */
6134 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6135 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6137 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6138 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6139 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6141 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6144 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6146 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6147 int target_resources_ok
=
6148 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6150 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6151 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6152 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6153 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6156 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6158 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6160 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6161 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6165 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6167 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6169 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6170 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6175 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6176 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6177 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6181 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6182 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6183 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6184 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6186 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6188 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6189 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6190 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6191 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6197 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6200 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6201 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6205 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6206 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6208 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6213 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6215 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6218 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6224 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6225 elements to fill the void space. */
6227 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6229 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6230 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6232 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6233 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6238 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6239 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6240 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6241 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6242 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6243 single expanded sal, return the original.
6245 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6246 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6247 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6248 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6249 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6251 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6252 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6254 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6255 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6256 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6259 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6261 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6262 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6263 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6266 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6267 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6273 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6275 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6277 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6279 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6280 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6282 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6284 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
6285 processing, just return the original sal. */
6286 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6288 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6289 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6290 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6291 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6295 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6297 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6298 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6300 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6301 char *this_function
;
6303 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6305 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6307 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6308 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6311 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6313 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6316 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6318 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6320 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6322 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6325 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6326 we should really always find the section here. */
6327 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6330 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6331 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6333 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6342 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6344 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6345 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6346 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6350 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6352 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6354 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6355 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6356 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6357 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6359 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6360 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6361 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6368 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6369 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6380 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6381 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6382 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6383 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6384 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6385 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6386 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6387 we take just a single condition string.
6389 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6390 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6391 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6392 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6393 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6396 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6397 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6399 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6400 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6401 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6405 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6407 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6408 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6410 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6411 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6412 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6416 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6417 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6418 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6419 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6422 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6423 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6424 char ***addr_string
,
6427 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6428 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6429 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6431 if ((*address
) == NULL
6432 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6434 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6436 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6437 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6438 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6439 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6440 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6441 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6442 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6443 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6444 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6446 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6447 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6448 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6449 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6451 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6453 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6457 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6461 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6462 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6463 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6464 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6465 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6466 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6468 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6470 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6472 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6473 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6474 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6475 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6478 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6479 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6481 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6482 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6483 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6484 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6487 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6489 /* Add the string if not present. */
6490 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6491 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6497 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6498 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6501 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6505 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6506 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6510 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6512 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6514 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6515 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6518 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6519 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6520 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6521 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6522 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6523 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6525 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6526 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6528 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6534 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6535 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6536 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6541 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6544 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6546 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6548 struct expression
*expr
;
6550 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6551 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6554 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6555 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6557 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6563 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6565 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6566 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6567 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6569 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6575 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6577 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6578 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6579 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task
);
6582 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6586 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6587 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6588 This function has two major modes of operations,
6589 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6590 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6591 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6592 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6593 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6597 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6598 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6599 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6600 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6602 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6603 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6607 struct gdb_exception e
;
6608 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6609 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6612 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6614 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6615 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6616 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6620 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6627 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6628 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6629 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6630 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6632 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6633 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6635 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6639 throw_exception (e
);
6643 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6645 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6648 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6649 throw_exception (e
);
6651 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6653 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6654 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6655 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6656 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6659 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6660 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6661 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6662 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6663 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6664 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6666 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6671 throw_exception (e
);
6678 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6679 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6683 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6684 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6686 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6687 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6690 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6691 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6692 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6693 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6694 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6696 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6697 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6698 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6700 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6701 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6704 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6705 are ok for the target. */
6707 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6709 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6711 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6713 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6714 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6718 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6720 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6721 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6722 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6723 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6726 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6729 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6733 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6736 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6737 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6740 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6741 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6742 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6746 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6747 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6749 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6751 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6752 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6753 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6755 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6756 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6757 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6758 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6759 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6761 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6762 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6764 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6765 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6766 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6767 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6773 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6774 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6775 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6777 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6778 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6779 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6781 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6782 update_global_location_list (1);
6785 /* Set a breakpoint.
6786 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6787 condition, and thread.
6788 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6789 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6793 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6795 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6796 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6798 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6800 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6801 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6802 0 /* Ignore count */,
6803 pending_break_support
,
6804 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6811 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6812 char *address
, char *condition
,
6813 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6814 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6815 int pending
, int enabled
)
6817 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6818 address
, condition
, thread
,
6819 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6820 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6823 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6827 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6828 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6829 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6832 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6835 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6838 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6839 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6841 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6843 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6846 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6847 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6849 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6850 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6855 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6858 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6861 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6865 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6867 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6868 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6869 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6872 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6873 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6874 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6876 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6877 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6878 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6879 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6883 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6885 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6889 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6892 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6895 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6896 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6900 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6901 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6902 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6905 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6906 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6908 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6910 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6912 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6914 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6921 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6923 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6927 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6929 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
6933 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6935 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
6939 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6941 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
6945 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6947 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
6948 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
6949 stop at <line>\n"));
6953 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6957 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
6959 else if (*arg
!= '*')
6964 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
6965 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
6966 function/method name */
6967 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
6969 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
6974 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
6976 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
6980 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
6982 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6986 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6990 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
6997 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6998 it is probably a line number. */
6999 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7001 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7006 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7008 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7012 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7014 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7017 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7018 hw_read: watch read,
7019 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7021 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7023 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7024 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7025 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7026 struct expression
*exp
;
7027 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7028 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7029 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7030 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7031 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7032 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7034 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7035 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7036 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7037 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7038 enum bptype bp_type
;
7042 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
7044 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7045 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7047 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7049 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7050 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7052 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7053 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7054 be the thread identifier. */
7055 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7057 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7060 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7061 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7063 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7064 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7065 reach a "thread" token. */
7066 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7071 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7074 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7075 calculate the length of the token. */
7077 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7079 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7081 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7082 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7083 only in a specific thread. */
7086 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7087 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7089 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7091 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7092 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7094 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7095 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7096 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7098 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7099 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7100 evaluate_expression() function. */
7105 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7107 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7108 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7110 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7112 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7113 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7115 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7118 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7119 mark
= value_mark ();
7120 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7122 release_value (val
);
7125 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7129 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7132 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7133 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7135 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7136 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7140 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7142 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7143 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7144 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7145 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7147 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7149 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7150 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7151 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7154 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7155 target_resources_ok
=
7156 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7158 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7159 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7161 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7162 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7165 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7166 watchpoint could not be set. */
7167 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7168 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7170 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7172 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7173 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7174 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7175 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7176 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7178 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7181 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7182 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7183 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7185 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7187 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7188 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7190 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7191 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7193 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7194 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7195 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7196 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7197 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7198 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7199 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7200 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7201 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7205 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7206 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_type
);
7207 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7208 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7210 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7212 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7213 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7216 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7218 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7224 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7225 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7229 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7230 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7233 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7235 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7236 need to act on them together. */
7237 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7238 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7241 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7243 update_global_location_list (1);
7246 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7247 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7248 in hardware return zero. */
7251 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7253 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7254 struct value
*head
= v
;
7256 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7257 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7260 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7261 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7262 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7263 hardware watchpoint.
7265 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7266 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7267 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7268 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7269 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7270 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7271 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7272 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7273 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7275 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7276 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7277 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7278 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7279 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7281 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7284 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7285 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7286 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7290 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7291 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7292 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7294 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7295 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7296 middle of some value chain. */
7298 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7299 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7301 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7302 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7304 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7311 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7312 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7313 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7314 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7315 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7318 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7319 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7320 return found_memory_cnt
;
7324 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7326 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7330 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7332 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7336 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7338 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7342 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7344 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7348 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7350 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7354 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7356 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7360 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7361 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7363 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7365 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7366 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7369 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7370 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7371 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7374 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7376 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7378 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7380 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7384 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7386 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7387 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7388 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7389 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7390 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7391 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7393 clear_proceed_status ();
7395 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7398 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7399 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7400 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7402 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7403 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7405 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7406 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7409 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7412 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7414 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7417 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7418 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7419 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7420 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7422 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7423 at the very same frame. */
7424 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7425 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7428 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7430 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7433 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7435 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7436 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7437 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7439 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7441 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7444 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7446 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7447 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7448 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7449 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7451 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7453 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7454 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7456 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7457 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7459 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7460 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7461 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7465 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7469 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7471 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7473 while (isspace (**s
))
7477 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7478 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7480 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7481 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7482 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7483 if clause in the arg string. */
7486 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7490 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7493 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7496 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7497 condition string. */
7498 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7501 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7502 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7507 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7508 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7510 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7511 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7512 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7513 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7515 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7516 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7518 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7520 static char filename
[1024];
7525 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7543 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7544 process start/exit, etc. */
7548 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7549 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7554 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7556 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7557 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7558 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7561 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7562 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7563 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7567 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7569 /* The allowed syntax is:
7571 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7573 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7574 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7576 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7577 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7579 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7580 and enable reporting of such events. */
7583 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7584 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7585 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7586 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7588 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7589 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7590 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7591 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7594 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7600 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7602 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7604 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7606 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7610 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7612 /* The allowed syntax is:
7614 catch exec if <cond>
7616 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7617 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7619 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7620 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7622 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7623 and enable reporting of such events. */
7624 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7625 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7628 static enum print_stop_action
7629 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7631 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7633 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7635 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7636 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7637 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7640 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7642 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7644 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7645 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7647 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7648 : " (exception caught), ");
7649 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7651 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7652 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7653 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7654 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7656 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7660 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7662 struct value_print_options opts
;
7663 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7664 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7667 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7668 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7670 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7671 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7676 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7677 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7679 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7683 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7688 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7689 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7690 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7691 : _("Catchpoint "));
7692 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7693 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7697 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7700 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7701 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7702 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7703 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7707 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7708 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7710 char *trigger_func_name
;
7712 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7713 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7715 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7717 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7718 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7719 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7722 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7723 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7729 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7732 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7733 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7735 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7736 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7740 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7742 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7744 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7745 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7747 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7748 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7749 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7751 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7754 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7757 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7760 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7762 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7763 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7766 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7769 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7771 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7772 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7775 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7778 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7779 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7783 struct expression
*cond
,
7784 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7792 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7794 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7796 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7797 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7798 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7799 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7800 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7801 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7802 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7803 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7804 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7805 enough for now, though. */
7808 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7809 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7811 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7812 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7813 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7814 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7815 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7816 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7817 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7818 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7819 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7824 update_global_location_list (1);
7827 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7830 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7831 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7833 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7835 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7837 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7838 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7839 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7840 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7841 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7843 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7847 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7848 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7849 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7850 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7854 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7856 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7858 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7859 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7862 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7863 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7865 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7867 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7868 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7870 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7872 int i
, syscall_number
;
7877 /* Skip whitespace. */
7878 while (isspace (*arg
))
7881 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7882 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7886 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7887 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7888 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7889 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7892 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7894 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7896 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7897 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7898 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7900 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7903 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7904 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7907 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7911 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7914 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7919 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7921 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7922 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7923 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7924 this architeture yet."));
7926 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7928 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7930 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
7931 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
7932 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
7933 for his/her architecture. */
7934 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
7936 /* The allowed syntax is:
7938 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
7940 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
7943 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
7947 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
7948 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
7951 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
7954 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7956 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7958 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7959 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7960 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7962 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7966 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
7967 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
7968 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7972 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7974 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7979 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7981 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7984 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
7987 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7989 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7990 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
7993 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7994 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7999 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8004 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8005 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8006 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8007 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8008 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8009 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8010 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8011 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8012 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8013 error (_("No source file specified."));
8021 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8022 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8023 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8024 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8025 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8027 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8028 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8029 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8030 due to optimization, all in one block.
8031 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8032 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8033 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8034 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8035 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8038 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8039 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8040 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8044 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8046 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8047 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8048 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8051 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8056 1 0 <can't happen> */
8060 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8065 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8066 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8067 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8068 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8069 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8070 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8072 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8073 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8075 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8076 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8077 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8078 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8079 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8080 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8081 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8082 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8083 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8084 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8085 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8086 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8095 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8098 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8099 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8102 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8104 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8107 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8108 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8111 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8112 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8114 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8116 breakpoints_changed ();
8118 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8121 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8122 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8125 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8128 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8129 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8130 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8133 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8135 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8137 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8138 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8139 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8140 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8142 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8144 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8146 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8147 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8151 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8152 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8153 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8154 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8155 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8158 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8160 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8161 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8162 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8163 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8165 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8166 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8168 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8169 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8170 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8172 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8173 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8175 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8176 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8177 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8179 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8182 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8183 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8184 the bp_location array. */
8187 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8189 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8191 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8192 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8194 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8196 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8198 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8201 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8202 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8204 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8205 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8206 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8207 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8209 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8211 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8212 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8213 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8214 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8218 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8219 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8220 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8221 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8222 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8223 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8224 returns true on them.
8226 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8227 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8228 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8229 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8230 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8231 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8234 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8236 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8237 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8238 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8240 /* The first bp_location being the only one non-DUPLICATE for the current run
8241 of the same ADDRESS. */
8242 struct bp_location
*loc_first
;
8244 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8245 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8246 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8247 unsigned old_location_count
;
8249 old_location
= bp_location
;
8250 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8252 bp_location_count
= 0;
8253 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8256 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8257 bp_location_count
++;
8259 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8262 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8264 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8265 bp_location_compare
);
8267 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8269 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8270 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8271 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8272 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8273 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8275 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8276 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8279 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8282 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8283 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8285 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8287 int found_object
= 0;
8288 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8289 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8292 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8293 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8294 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8295 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8299 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8300 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8303 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8310 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8311 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8312 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8313 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8316 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8318 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8320 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8322 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8323 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8328 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8329 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8330 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8332 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8335 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8336 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8339 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8341 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc2
->pspace
->aspace
,
8343 old_loc
->pspace
->aspace
,
8346 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8347 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8348 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8349 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8352 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8361 if (!keep_in_target
)
8363 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8365 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8366 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8367 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8370 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8371 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8372 after calling us. */
8373 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8374 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8382 if (removed
&& non_stop
8383 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8384 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8386 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8387 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8388 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8389 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8390 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8391 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8392 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8393 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8394 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8395 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8396 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8397 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8398 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8399 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8402 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8403 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8405 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8406 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8407 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8408 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8409 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8410 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8411 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8412 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8413 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8414 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8415 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8416 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8417 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8420 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8421 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8422 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8423 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8425 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8426 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8427 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8428 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8429 traps we can no longer explain. */
8431 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8432 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8434 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8437 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8441 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section,
8442 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
8443 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
8444 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
8445 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent
8446 breakpoints are sorted first for the same address. */
8449 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8451 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8453 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8454 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8455 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8457 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8458 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8461 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8462 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8463 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8464 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8465 "actually inserted"));
8467 if (loc_first
== NULL
8468 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= loc_first
->section
)
8469 || !breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
8470 loc_first
->pspace
->aspace
,
8471 loc_first
->address
))
8480 if (loc_first
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8481 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8482 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8483 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8484 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8487 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8488 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8489 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8490 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8492 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8496 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8498 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8501 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8502 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8504 free_bp_location (loc
);
8505 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8511 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8513 struct gdb_exception e
;
8514 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8515 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8518 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8520 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8523 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8524 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8526 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8528 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8532 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8534 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8536 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8537 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8541 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8545 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8547 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8548 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8550 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8552 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8553 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8555 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8556 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8557 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8558 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8559 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8561 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8562 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8563 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8564 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8565 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8568 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8570 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8571 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8576 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8580 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8581 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8582 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8583 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8584 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8585 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8587 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8588 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8589 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8590 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8591 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8592 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8593 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8594 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8595 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8597 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8598 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8599 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8600 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8601 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8602 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8603 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8604 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8605 with commands won't work. */
8607 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8609 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8610 list, update the global location list. This
8611 will remove locations that used to belong to
8612 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8613 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8614 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8615 design to have location completely self-contained,
8616 but it's not the case now. */
8617 update_global_location_list (0);
8620 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8621 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8622 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8628 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8630 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8634 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8636 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8640 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8642 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8648 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8650 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8651 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8652 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8655 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8656 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8657 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8658 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8659 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8660 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8663 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8668 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8670 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8672 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8674 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8675 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8676 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8677 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8678 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8679 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8681 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8686 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8690 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8692 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8693 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8698 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8699 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8700 Null names are ignored. */
8703 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8705 struct bp_location
*l
;
8706 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8707 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8708 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8710 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8713 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8715 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8719 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8721 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8736 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8737 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8741 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8743 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8744 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8745 the common case where all locations are in the same
8746 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8747 retain the location, so that when the library
8748 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8749 status of the individual locations. */
8750 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8755 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8757 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8758 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8760 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8762 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8764 struct gdb_exception e
;
8767 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8769 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8774 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8775 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8776 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8780 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8781 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8782 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8783 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8785 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8787 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8788 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8791 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8792 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8793 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8795 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8797 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8798 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8799 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8800 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8801 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8802 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8803 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8805 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8807 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8809 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8810 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8812 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8813 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8814 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8822 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8823 if (l
->function_name
8824 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8834 update_global_location_list (1);
8838 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8839 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8840 Unused in this case. */
8843 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8845 /* get past catch_errs */
8846 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8850 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8851 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8852 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8854 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8855 struct gdb_exception e
;
8856 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8861 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8865 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8867 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8868 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8871 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8873 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8874 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8878 set_language (b
->language
);
8879 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8882 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8883 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8885 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8887 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8892 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8893 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8894 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8895 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8896 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8897 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8898 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8900 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8901 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8902 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8903 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8905 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8907 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8908 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
8909 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
8910 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
8911 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
8912 which approach is better. */
8913 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
8914 throw_exception (e
);
8920 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
8922 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
8923 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
8925 char *cond_string
= 0;
8929 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
8930 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
8932 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8935 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
8938 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
8941 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8942 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
8946 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8947 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8948 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8949 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
8950 or it can be on local variables.
8952 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
8953 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
8954 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
8957 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8958 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
8959 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
8960 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
8961 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
8962 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8964 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8965 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
8966 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8967 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8969 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8970 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8972 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
8973 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
8974 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
8976 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
8977 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
8983 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
8985 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
8986 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
8987 case bp_overlay_event
:
8988 case bp_longjmp_master
:
8989 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8992 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
8993 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
8994 case bp_shlib_event
:
8996 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
8997 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
8998 case bp_thread_event
:
9000 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9001 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9002 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9003 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9006 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9008 case bp_step_resume
:
9010 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9015 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9019 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9021 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9023 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9024 enum language save_language
;
9025 int save_input_radix
;
9026 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9028 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9029 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9030 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9034 /* Format possible error msg */
9035 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9037 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9038 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9039 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9041 set_language (save_language
);
9042 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9044 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9046 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9048 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9049 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9050 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9051 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9052 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9055 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9057 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9058 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9060 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9062 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9064 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9065 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9067 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9068 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9069 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9071 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9075 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9076 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9077 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9080 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9082 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9088 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9090 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9094 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9096 else if (count
== 1)
9097 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9100 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9103 breakpoints_changed ();
9104 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9112 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9114 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9118 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9121 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9127 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9129 num
= get_number (&p
);
9131 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9133 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9135 set_ignore_count (num
,
9136 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9139 printf_filtered ("\n");
9142 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9143 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9146 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9151 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9155 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9162 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9165 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9170 if (b
->number
== num
)
9172 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9175 if (related_breakpoint
)
9176 function (related_breakpoint
);
9180 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9186 static struct bp_location
*
9187 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9189 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9199 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9201 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9204 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9209 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9210 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9213 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9215 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9219 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9222 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9228 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9229 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9230 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9233 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9235 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9236 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9237 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9238 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9241 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9242 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9245 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9247 update_global_location_list (0);
9249 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9253 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9255 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9257 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9261 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9267 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9269 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9270 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9271 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9272 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9276 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9278 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9281 update_global_location_list (0);
9284 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9288 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9290 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9293 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9296 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9297 target_resources_ok
=
9298 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9300 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9301 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9302 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9303 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9306 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9307 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9308 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9309 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9311 struct gdb_exception e
;
9313 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9315 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9319 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9325 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9326 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9327 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9328 update_global_location_list (1);
9329 breakpoints_changed ();
9331 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9336 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9338 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9341 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9342 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9343 in stopping the inferior. */
9346 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9348 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9350 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9354 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9360 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9362 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9363 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9364 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9365 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9369 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9371 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9374 update_global_location_list (1);
9377 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9381 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9383 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9387 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9389 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9393 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9395 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9399 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9401 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9405 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9410 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9414 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9416 struct symtabs_and_lines
9417 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9419 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9421 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9422 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9423 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9424 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9425 default_breakpoint_line
,
9426 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9428 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9429 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9431 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9435 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9436 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9437 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9438 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9442 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9443 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9445 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9447 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9449 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9450 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9452 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9454 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9462 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9465 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9467 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9470 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9476 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9478 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9479 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9481 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9484 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9485 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9489 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9491 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9492 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9496 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9497 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9498 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9501 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9502 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9503 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9504 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9505 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9506 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9508 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9510 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9511 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9514 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9517 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9519 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9521 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9523 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9524 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9525 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9526 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9528 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9530 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9531 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9532 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9533 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9537 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9540 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9544 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9546 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9548 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9549 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9557 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9558 non-zero otherwise. */
9560 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9562 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9563 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9564 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9571 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9573 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9575 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9579 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9581 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9583 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9584 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9586 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9590 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9592 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9602 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9604 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9605 char *text
, char *word
)
9607 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9608 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9611 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9613 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9615 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9617 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9618 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9622 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9624 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9626 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9627 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9629 0 /* Ignore count */,
9630 pending_break_support
,
9634 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9637 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9641 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9643 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9644 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9646 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9659 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9664 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9665 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9668 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9669 Not supported by all targets. */
9671 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9673 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9676 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9677 Not supported by all targets. */
9679 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9681 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9684 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9686 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9688 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9694 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9696 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9697 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9698 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9703 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9708 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9710 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9714 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9716 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9721 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9724 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9726 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9727 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9728 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9731 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9733 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9737 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9738 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9740 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9742 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9745 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9747 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9750 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9753 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9759 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9760 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9762 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9763 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9765 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9769 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9776 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9778 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9781 if (t
->number
== num
)
9787 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9788 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9789 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9790 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9792 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9794 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9795 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9797 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9799 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9802 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9804 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9807 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9811 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9812 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9815 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9820 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9825 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9826 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9827 allow us to discover this. */
9828 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9832 /* save-tracepoints command */
9834 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9836 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9838 struct action_line
*line
;
9840 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9841 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9843 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9845 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9846 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9848 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9849 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9856 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9860 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9861 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9862 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9864 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9865 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9866 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9868 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9870 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9871 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9874 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9875 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9879 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
9883 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
9885 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
9887 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
9889 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
9890 actionline
= line
->action
;
9891 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
9894 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
9895 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
9897 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
9899 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
9900 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
9902 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
9908 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9910 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
9914 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
9919 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
9920 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9922 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9924 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
9931 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
9932 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
9933 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
9934 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
9935 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
9936 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
9937 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
9938 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
9939 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
9940 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
9941 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
9943 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
9944 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
9946 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
9948 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
9950 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
9951 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
9953 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
9954 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
9956 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
9957 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
9959 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
9960 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9961 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
9962 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9963 char *text
, char *word
),
9964 void *user_data_catch
,
9965 void *user_data_tcatch
)
9967 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
9969 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9971 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9972 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
9973 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9975 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9977 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9978 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
9979 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9983 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
9985 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
9987 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
9988 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
9989 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
9993 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
9995 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
9996 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
9997 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
9999 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10000 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10002 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10003 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10004 before a breakpoint is set. */
10005 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10007 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10009 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10010 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10011 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10013 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10015 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10016 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10017 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10018 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10019 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10020 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10021 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10022 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10024 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10025 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10026 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10027 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10029 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10030 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10031 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10032 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10033 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10035 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10036 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10038 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10039 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10040 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10041 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10043 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10044 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10046 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10047 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10048 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10049 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10051 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10052 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10054 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10055 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10056 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10057 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10058 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10059 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10060 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10062 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10063 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10064 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10065 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10066 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10067 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10069 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10071 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10072 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10073 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10074 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10075 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10076 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10078 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10079 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10080 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10083 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10084 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10085 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10088 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10089 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10090 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10093 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10094 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10095 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10098 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10099 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10100 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10101 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10102 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10103 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10104 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10105 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10107 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10108 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10109 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10110 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10111 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10113 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10114 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10115 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10116 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10117 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10118 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10121 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10122 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10123 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10124 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10126 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10127 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10128 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10129 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10130 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10132 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10133 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10134 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10135 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10137 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10138 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10139 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10140 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10141 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10144 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10145 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10146 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10147 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10148 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10149 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10151 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10152 is executing in.\n\
10154 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10156 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10157 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10158 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10159 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10161 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10162 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10163 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10164 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10167 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10171 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10172 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10173 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10174 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10175 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10176 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10177 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10178 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10179 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10180 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10181 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10182 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10183 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10184 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10185 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10186 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10188 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10189 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10190 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10191 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10192 breakpoint set."));
10195 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10196 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10197 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10198 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10199 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10200 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10201 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10202 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10203 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10205 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10206 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10207 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10208 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10209 breakpoint set."));
10211 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10214 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10215 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10216 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10217 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10218 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10219 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10220 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10221 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10222 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10224 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10225 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10226 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10227 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10228 breakpoint set."));
10230 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10231 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10232 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10233 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10234 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10235 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10236 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10237 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10238 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10239 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10240 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10241 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10242 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10244 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10245 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10246 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10247 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10249 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10251 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10252 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10253 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10254 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10256 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10257 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10258 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10259 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10261 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10262 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10263 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10264 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10265 catch_catch_command
,
10269 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10270 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10271 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10272 catch_throw_command
,
10276 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10277 catch_fork_command_1
,
10279 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10280 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10281 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10282 catch_fork_command_1
,
10284 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10285 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10286 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10287 catch_exec_command_1
,
10291 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10292 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10293 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10294 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10295 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10296 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10297 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10298 catch_syscall_completer
,
10301 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10302 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10303 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10304 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10308 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10309 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10310 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10311 catch_assert_command
,
10316 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10317 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10318 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10319 an expression changes."));
10320 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10322 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10323 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10324 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10325 an expression is read."));
10326 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10328 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10329 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10330 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10331 an expression is either read or written."));
10332 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10334 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10335 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10338 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10339 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10340 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10341 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10342 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10343 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10344 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10345 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10346 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10349 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10350 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10352 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10354 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10356 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10357 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10359 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10360 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10361 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10363 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10364 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10365 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10366 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10368 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10369 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10370 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10371 last tracepoint set."));
10373 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10375 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10376 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10377 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10378 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10381 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10382 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10383 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10384 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10386 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10388 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10389 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10390 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10391 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10393 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10395 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10396 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10397 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10398 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10399 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10401 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10402 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10403 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10404 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10406 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10407 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10408 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10409 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10410 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10411 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10412 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10413 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10414 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10415 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10416 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10417 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10419 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10420 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10421 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10422 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10423 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10424 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10425 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10426 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10428 show_pending_break_support
,
10429 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10430 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10432 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10434 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10435 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10436 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10437 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10438 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10439 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10440 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10442 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10443 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10444 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10446 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10447 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10448 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10449 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10450 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10451 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10452 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10453 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10454 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10455 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10456 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10457 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10459 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10460 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10461 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10463 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10465 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);